bfd: [SH] Emit DT_PLTGOT for FDPIC output unconditionally
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 #include "sysdep.h"
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "bfdlink.h"
25 #include "libbfd.h"
26 #include "elf-bfd.h"
27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 #include "elf/sh.h"
29 #include "dwarf2.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
34 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
38 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
40 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
41 #ifndef SH64_ELF
42 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
43 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
44 #endif
45 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
46 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
47 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
48 (struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_vma tpoff
50 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
51
52 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
53 section. */
54
55 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
56
57 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
58 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
59
60 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
61
62 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
63 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
64 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
65 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
66 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
67 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
68 \f
69 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
70 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
71 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
72 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
73 {
74 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
75 };
76
77 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
78 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
79 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
80 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
81 {
82 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
83 };
84 \f
85 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
86
87 static bfd_boolean
88 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
89 {
90 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
91 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
92 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
93
94 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
95 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
96 #else
97 return FALSE;
98 #endif
99 }
100
101 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
102
103 static bfd_boolean
104 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
105 {
106 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
107 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
108 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
109
110 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
111 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
112 #else
113 return FALSE;
114 #endif
115 }
116
117 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
118
119 static reloc_howto_type *
120 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
121 {
122 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
123 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
124 return sh_elf_howto_table;
125 }
126
127 static bfd_reloc_status_type
128 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
129 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
130 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
131 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
132 {
133 static bfd_vma last_addr;
134 static asection *last_symbol_section;
135 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
136 int diff, cum_diff;
137 bfd_signed_vma x;
138 int insn;
139
140 /* Sanity check the address. */
141 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
142 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
143
144 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
145 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
146 if (! last_addr)
147 {
148 last_addr = addr;
149 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
150 return bfd_reloc_ok;
151 }
152 if (last_addr != addr)
153 abort ();
154 last_addr = 0;
155
156 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
158
159 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
160 if (symbol_section != input_section)
161 {
162 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
163 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
164 else
165 {
166 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
167 &contents))
168 {
169 if (contents != NULL)
170 free (contents);
171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172 }
173 }
174 }
175 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176 start_ptr = contents + start;
177 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178 {
179 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180 ptr -= 2;
181 ptr += 2;
182 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183 cum_diff += diff & 1;
184 cum_diff += diff;
185 }
186 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
189 if (cum_diff >= 0)
190 {
191 start -= 4;
192 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193 }
194 else
195 {
196 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199 start0 -= 2;
200 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202 end = start0;
203 }
204
205 if (contents != NULL
206 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
207 free (contents);
208
209 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
210
211 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
212 if (input_section != symbol_section)
213 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
214 - (input_section->output_section->vma
215 + input_section->output_offset));
216 x >>= 1;
217 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
218 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
219
220 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
221 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
222
223 return bfd_reloc_ok;
224 }
225
226 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
227 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
228
229 static bfd_reloc_status_type
230 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
231 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
232 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
233 {
234 unsigned long insn;
235 bfd_vma sym_value;
236 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
237 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
238 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
239
240 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242 if (output_bfd != NULL)
243 {
244 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
245 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246 return bfd_reloc_ok;
247 }
248
249 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
250 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
251 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252 return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254 if (symbol_in != NULL
255 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258 /* PR 17512: file: 9891ca98. */
259 if (addr * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) + bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_entry->howto)
260 > bfd_get_section_limit_octets (abfd, input_section))
261 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
262
263 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
264 sym_value = 0;
265 else
266 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
267 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
268 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
269
270 switch (r_type)
271 {
272 case R_SH_DIR32:
273 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
274 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
275 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
276 break;
277 case R_SH_IND12W:
278 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
279 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
280 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
281 + input_section->output_offset
282 + addr
283 + 4);
284 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
285 if (insn & 0x800)
286 sym_value -= 0x1000;
287 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
288 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
289 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
290 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
291 break;
292 default:
293 abort ();
294 break;
295 }
296
297 return bfd_reloc_ok;
298 }
299
300 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
301 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
302
303 static bfd_reloc_status_type
304 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
305 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
306 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
307 bfd *output_bfd,
308 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
309 {
310 if (output_bfd != NULL)
311 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
312 return bfd_reloc_ok;
313 }
314
315 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
316
317 struct elf_reloc_map
318 {
319 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
320 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
321 };
322
323 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
324
325 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
326 {
327 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
330 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
331 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
332 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
337 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
342 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
343 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
346 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
347 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
358 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
359 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
364 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
374 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
420 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
421 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
422 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
423 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
424 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
425 };
426
427 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
428 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
429
430 static reloc_howto_type *
431 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
432 {
433 unsigned int i;
434
435 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
436 {
437 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
438 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
439 }
440
441 return NULL;
442 }
443
444 static reloc_howto_type *
445 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
446 {
447 unsigned int i;
448
449 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
450 {
451 for (i = 0;
452 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
453 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
454 i++)
455 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
456 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
457 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
458 }
459 else
460 {
461 for (i = 0;
462 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
463 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
464 i++)
465 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
466 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
467 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
468 }
469
470 return NULL;
471 }
472
473 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
474
475 static void
476 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
477 {
478 unsigned int r;
479
480 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
481
482 if (r >= R_SH_max
483 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
484 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
485 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
486 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
487 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
488 || (r >= R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 && r <= R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
489 {
490 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: unrecognised SH reloc number: %d"),
491 abfd, r);
492 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
493 r = R_SH_NONE;
494 }
495
496 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
497 }
498 \f
499 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
500 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
501 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
502 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
503 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
504 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
505 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
506 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
507 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
508
509 static bfd_boolean
510 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
511 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
512 {
513 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
514 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
515 bfd_boolean have_code;
516 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
517 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
518 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
519
520 *again = FALSE;
521
522 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
523 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
524 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
525 return TRUE;
526
527 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
528 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
529 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
530 {
531 return TRUE;
532 }
533 #endif
534
535 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
536
537 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
538 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
539 link_info->keep_memory));
540 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
541 goto error_return;
542
543 have_code = FALSE;
544
545 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
546 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
547 {
548 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
549 unsigned short insn;
550 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
551 bfd_signed_vma foff;
552
553 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
554 have_code = TRUE;
555
556 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
557 continue;
558
559 /* Get the section contents. */
560 if (contents == NULL)
561 {
562 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
563 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
564 else
565 {
566 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
567 goto error_return;
568 }
569 }
570
571 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
572 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
573 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
574 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
575 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
576 if (laddr >= sec->size)
577 {
578 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
579 abfd,
580 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
581 continue;
582 }
583 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
584
585 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
586 do. */
587 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
588 {
589 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
590 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
591 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
592 continue;
593 }
594
595 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
596 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
597 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
598 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
599 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
600 on a four byte boundary. */
601 paddr = insn & 0xff;
602 paddr *= 4;
603 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
604 if (paddr >= sec->size)
605 {
606 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
607 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
608 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
609 continue;
610 }
611
612 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
613 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
614 actually being called. */
615 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
616 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
617 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
618 break;
619 if (irelfn >= irelend)
620 {
621 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
622 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
623 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
624 continue;
625 }
626
627 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
628 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
629 {
630 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
631 if (isymbuf == NULL)
632 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
633 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
634 NULL, NULL, NULL);
635 if (isymbuf == NULL)
636 goto error_return;
637 }
638
639 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
640 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
641 {
642 /* A local symbol. */
643 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
644
645 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
646 if (isym->st_shndx
647 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
648 {
649 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
650 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
651 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
652 continue;
653 }
654
655 symval = (isym->st_value
656 + sec->output_section->vma
657 + sec->output_offset);
658 }
659 else
660 {
661 unsigned long indx;
662 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
663
664 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
665 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
666 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
667 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
668 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
669 {
670 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
671 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
672 regular reloc processing. */
673 continue;
674 }
675
676 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
677 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
678 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
679 }
680
681 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
682 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
683 else
684 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
685
686 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
687 foff = (symval
688 - (irel->r_offset
689 + sec->output_section->vma
690 + sec->output_offset
691 + 4));
692 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
693 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
694 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
695 that. */
696 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
697 {
698 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
699 continue;
700 }
701
702 /* Shorten the function call. */
703
704 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
705 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
706 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
707 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
708 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
709 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
710 the linker is run. */
711
712 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
713 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
714 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
715
716 /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
717
718 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
719 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
720 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
721 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
722 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
723 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
724 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
725 the value of the symbol is not available. */
726
727 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
728 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
729 the final link phase handle it. */
730 if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
731 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
732 else
733 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
734
735 irel->r_addend = -4;
736
737 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
738 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
739 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
740 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
741 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
742
743 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
744 register load. */
745 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
746 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
747 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
748 break;
749 if (irelscan < irelend)
750 {
751 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
752 and we have not yet converted that function call.
753 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
754 nothing else we can do at this point. */
755 continue;
756 }
757
758 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
759 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
760 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
761 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
762 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
763 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
764 break;
765
766 /* Delete the register load. */
767 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
768 goto error_return;
769
770 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
771 other function call to come within range, we should relax
772 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
773 *again = TRUE;
774
775 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
776 if (irelcount >= irelend)
777 {
778 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
779 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
780 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
781 continue;
782 }
783
784 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
785 just deleted one. */
786 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787 {
788 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
789 abfd,
790 (unsigned long) paddr));
791 continue;
792 }
793
794 --irelcount->r_addend;
795
796 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
797 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
798 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
799 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
800 {
801 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
802 goto error_return;
803 }
804
805 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
806 }
807
808 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
809 byte boundaries. */
810 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
811 && have_code)
812 {
813 bfd_boolean swapped;
814
815 /* Get the section contents. */
816 if (contents == NULL)
817 {
818 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
819 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
820 else
821 {
822 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
823 goto error_return;
824 }
825 }
826
827 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
828 &swapped))
829 goto error_return;
830
831 if (swapped)
832 {
833 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
834 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
835 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
836 }
837 }
838
839 if (isymbuf != NULL
840 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
841 {
842 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
843 free (isymbuf);
844 else
845 {
846 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
847 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
848 }
849 }
850
851 if (contents != NULL
852 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
853 {
854 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
855 free (contents);
856 else
857 {
858 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
859 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
860 }
861 }
862
863 if (internal_relocs != NULL
864 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865 free (internal_relocs);
866
867 return TRUE;
868
869 error_return:
870 if (isymbuf != NULL
871 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
872 free (isymbuf);
873 if (contents != NULL
874 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
875 free (contents);
876 if (internal_relocs != NULL
877 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
878 free (internal_relocs);
879
880 return FALSE;
881 }
882
883 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
884 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
885 in coff-sh.c. */
886
887 static bfd_boolean
888 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
889 int count)
890 {
891 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
892 unsigned int sec_shndx;
893 bfd_byte *contents;
894 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
895 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
896 bfd_vma toaddr;
897 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
898 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
899 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
900 unsigned int symcount;
901 asection *o;
902
903 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
904 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
905
906 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
907
908 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
909
910 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
911 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
912
913 irelalign = NULL;
914 toaddr = sec->size;
915
916 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
917 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
918 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
919 {
920 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
921 && irel->r_offset > addr
922 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
923 {
924 irelalign = irel;
925 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
926 break;
927 }
928 }
929
930 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
931 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
932 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
933 if (irelalign == NULL)
934 sec->size -= count;
935 else
936 {
937 int i;
938
939 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
940
941 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
942 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
943 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
944 }
945
946 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
947 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
948 {
949 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
950 bfd_vma start = 0;
951 int insn = 0;
952 int off, adjust, oinsn;
953 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
954 bfd_boolean overflow;
955
956 /* Get the new reloc address. */
957 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
958 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
959 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
960 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
961 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
962 nraddr -= count;
963
964 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
965 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
966 represent addresses, though. */
967 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
968 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
969 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
970 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
971 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
972 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
973 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
974 (int) R_SH_NONE);
975
976 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
977 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
978 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
979 {
980 default:
981 break;
982
983 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
984 case R_SH_IND12W:
985 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
986 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
987 start = irel->r_offset;
988 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
989 break;
990 }
991
992 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
993 {
994 default:
995 start = stop = addr;
996 break;
997
998 case R_SH_DIR32:
999 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
1000 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
1001 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
1002 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
1003 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1004 {
1005 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
1006 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1007 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1008 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1009 {
1010 bfd_vma val;
1011
1012 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1013 {
1014 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1015 val += isym->st_value;
1016 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1017 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1018 }
1019 else
1020 {
1021 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1022 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1023 irel->r_addend -= count;
1024 }
1025 }
1026 }
1027 start = stop = addr;
1028 break;
1029
1030 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1031 off = insn & 0xff;
1032 if (off & 0x80)
1033 off -= 0x100;
1034 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1035 break;
1036
1037 case R_SH_IND12W:
1038 off = insn & 0xfff;
1039 if (! off)
1040 {
1041 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1042 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1043 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1044 start = stop = addr;
1045 }
1046 else
1047 {
1048 if (off & 0x800)
1049 off -= 0x1000;
1050 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1051
1052 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1053 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1054 start of the section.
1055 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1056 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1057 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1058 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1059 irel->r_addend -= count;
1060 }
1061 break;
1062
1063 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1064 off = insn & 0xff;
1065 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1066 break;
1067
1068 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1069 off = insn & 0xff;
1070 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1071 break;
1072
1073 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1074 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1075 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1076 /* These relocs types represent
1077 .word L2-L1
1078 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1079 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1080 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1081 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1082 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1083 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1084
1085 stop = irel->r_offset;
1086 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1087
1088 if (start > addr
1089 && start < toaddr
1090 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1091 irel->r_addend += count;
1092 else if (stop > addr
1093 && stop < toaddr
1094 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1095 irel->r_addend -= count;
1096
1097 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1098 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1099 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1100 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1101 else
1102 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1103 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1104
1105 break;
1106
1107 case R_SH_USES:
1108 start = irel->r_offset;
1109 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1110 + (long) irel->r_addend
1111 + 4);
1112 break;
1113 }
1114
1115 if (start > addr
1116 && start < toaddr
1117 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1118 adjust = count;
1119 else if (stop > addr
1120 && stop < toaddr
1121 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1122 adjust = - count;
1123 else
1124 adjust = 0;
1125
1126 if (adjust != 0)
1127 {
1128 oinsn = insn;
1129 overflow = FALSE;
1130 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1131 {
1132 default:
1133 abort ();
1134 break;
1135
1136 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1137 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1138 insn += adjust / 2;
1139 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1140 overflow = TRUE;
1141 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1142 break;
1143
1144 case R_SH_IND12W:
1145 insn += adjust / 2;
1146 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1147 overflow = TRUE;
1148 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1149 break;
1150
1151 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1152 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1153 if (count >= 4)
1154 insn += adjust / 4;
1155 else
1156 {
1157 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1158 ++insn;
1159 }
1160 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1161 overflow = TRUE;
1162 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1163 break;
1164
1165 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1166 voff += adjust;
1167 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1168 overflow = TRUE;
1169 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1170 break;
1171
1172 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1173 voff += adjust;
1174 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1175 overflow = TRUE;
1176 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1177 break;
1178
1179 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1180 voff += adjust;
1181 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1182 break;
1183
1184 case R_SH_USES:
1185 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1186 break;
1187 }
1188
1189 if (overflow)
1190 {
1191 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1192 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1193 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1194 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1195 return FALSE;
1196 }
1197 }
1198
1199 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1200 }
1201
1202 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1203 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1204 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1205 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1206 {
1207 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1208 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1209 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1210
1211 if (o == sec
1212 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1213 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1214 continue;
1215
1216 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1217 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1218 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1219 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1220 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1221 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1222 return FALSE;
1223
1224 ocontents = NULL;
1225 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1226 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1227 {
1228 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1229 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1230 {
1231 bfd_vma start, stop;
1232 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1233
1234 if (ocontents == NULL)
1235 {
1236 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1237 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1238 else
1239 {
1240 /* We always cache the section contents.
1241 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1242 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1243 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1244 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1245 {
1246 if (ocontents != NULL)
1247 free (ocontents);
1248 return FALSE;
1249 }
1250
1251 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1252 }
1253 }
1254
1255 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1256 start
1257 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1258
1259 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1260 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1261 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1262
1263 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1264 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1265
1266 if (start > addr
1267 && start < toaddr
1268 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1269 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1270 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1271 else if (stop > addr
1272 && stop < toaddr
1273 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1274 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1275 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1276 }
1277
1278 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1279 continue;
1280
1281 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1282 continue;
1283
1284
1285 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1286 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1287 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1288 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1289 {
1290 bfd_vma val;
1291
1292 if (ocontents == NULL)
1293 {
1294 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1295 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1296 else
1297 {
1298 /* We always cache the section contents.
1299 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1300 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1301 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1302 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1303 {
1304 if (ocontents != NULL)
1305 free (ocontents);
1306 return FALSE;
1307 }
1308
1309 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1310 }
1311 }
1312
1313 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1314 val += isym->st_value;
1315 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1316 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1317 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1318 }
1319 }
1320 }
1321
1322 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1323 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1324 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1325 {
1326 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1327 && isym->st_value > addr
1328 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1329 isym->st_value -= count;
1330 }
1331
1332 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1333 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1334 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1335 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1336 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1337 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1338 {
1339 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1340 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1341 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1342 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1343 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1344 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1345 {
1346 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1347 }
1348 }
1349
1350 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1351 r_offset for it already. */
1352 if (irelalign != NULL)
1353 {
1354 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1355
1356 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1357 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1358 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1359 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1360 {
1361 /* Tail recursion. */
1362 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1363 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1364 }
1365 }
1366
1367 return TRUE;
1368 }
1369
1370 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1371 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1372
1373 static bfd_boolean
1374 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1375 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1376 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1377 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1378 {
1379 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1380 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1381 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1382 bfd_size_type amt;
1383
1384 *pswapped = FALSE;
1385
1386 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1387
1388 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1389 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1390 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1391 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1392 if (labels == NULL)
1393 goto error_return;
1394 label_end = labels;
1395 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1396 {
1397 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1398 {
1399 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1400 ++label_end;
1401 }
1402 }
1403
1404 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1405 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1406 the label values and the relocs. */
1407
1408 label = labels;
1409
1410 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1411 {
1412 bfd_vma start, stop;
1413
1414 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1415 continue;
1416
1417 start = irel->r_offset;
1418
1419 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1420 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1421 break;
1422 if (irel < irelend)
1423 stop = irel->r_offset;
1424 else
1425 stop = sec->size;
1426
1427 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1428 internal_relocs, &label,
1429 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1430 goto error_return;
1431 }
1432
1433 free (labels);
1434
1435 return TRUE;
1436
1437 error_return:
1438 if (labels != NULL)
1439 free (labels);
1440 return FALSE;
1441 }
1442
1443 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1444 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1445
1446 static bfd_boolean
1447 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1448 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1449 {
1450 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1451 unsigned short i1, i2;
1452 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1453
1454 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1455 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1456 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1457 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1458 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1459
1460 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1461 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1462 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1463 {
1464 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1465 int add;
1466
1467 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1468 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1469 but are only associated with the address. */
1470 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1471 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1472 || type == R_SH_CODE
1473 || type == R_SH_DATA
1474 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1475 continue;
1476
1477 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1478 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1479 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1480 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1481 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1482 instruction it shouldn't). */
1483 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1484 {
1485 bfd_vma off;
1486
1487 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1488 if (off == addr)
1489 irel->r_offset += 2;
1490 else if (off == addr + 2)
1491 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1492 }
1493
1494 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1495 {
1496 irel->r_offset += 2;
1497 add = -2;
1498 }
1499 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1500 {
1501 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1502 add = 2;
1503 }
1504 else
1505 add = 0;
1506
1507 if (add != 0)
1508 {
1509 bfd_byte *loc;
1510 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1511 bfd_boolean overflow;
1512
1513 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1514 overflow = FALSE;
1515 switch (type)
1516 {
1517 default:
1518 break;
1519
1520 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1521 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1522 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1523 oinsn = insn;
1524 insn += add / 2;
1525 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1526 overflow = TRUE;
1527 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1528 break;
1529
1530 case R_SH_IND12W:
1531 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1532 oinsn = insn;
1533 insn += add / 2;
1534 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1535 overflow = TRUE;
1536 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1537 break;
1538
1539 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1540 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1541 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1542 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1543 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1544 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1545 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1546 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1547 {
1548 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1549 oinsn = insn;
1550 insn += add / 2;
1551 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1552 overflow = TRUE;
1553 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1554 }
1555
1556 break;
1557 }
1558
1559 if (overflow)
1560 {
1561 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1562 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1563 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1564 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1565 return FALSE;
1566 }
1567 }
1568 }
1569
1570 return TRUE;
1571 }
1572 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1573 \f
1574 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1575
1576 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1577 {
1578 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1579 first entry. */
1580 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1581
1582 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1583 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1584
1585 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1586 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1587 if there is no such pointer. */
1588 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1589
1590 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1591 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1592
1593 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1594 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1595
1596 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1597 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1598 that the field must hold. */
1599 struct {
1600 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1601 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1602 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1603 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1604 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1605 entry). */
1606 } symbol_fields;
1607
1608 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1609 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1610
1611 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1612 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1613 other cases. */
1614 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1615 };
1616
1617 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1618
1619 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1620
1621 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1622
1623 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1624
1625 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1626 {
1627 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1628 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1629 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1630 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1631 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1632 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1633 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1634 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1635 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1636 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1637 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1638 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1639 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1640 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1641 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1642 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1643 };
1644
1645 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1646 {
1647 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1648 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1649 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1650 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1651 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1652 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1653 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1654 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1655 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1656 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1657 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1658 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1659 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1660 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1661 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1662 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1663 };
1664
1665 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1666 this. */
1667
1668 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1669 {
1670 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1671 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1672 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1673 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1674 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1675 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1676 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1677 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1678 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1679 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1680 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1682 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1683 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1684 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1685 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1686 };
1687
1688 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1689 {
1690 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1691 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1692 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1693 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1694 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1695 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1696 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1697 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1698 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1699 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1700 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1701 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1702 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1703 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1705 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1706 };
1707
1708 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1709
1710 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1711 {
1712 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1713 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1714 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1715 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1716 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1717 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1718 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1719 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1720 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1721 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1722 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1723 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1724 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1725 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1726 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1727 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1728 };
1729
1730 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1731 {
1732 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1733 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1734 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1735 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1736 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1737 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1738 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1739 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1740 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1741 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1742 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1743 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1744 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1745 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1746 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1747 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1748 };
1749
1750 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1751 {
1752 {
1753 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1754 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1755 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1756 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1757 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1758 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1759 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1760 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1761 NULL
1762 },
1763 {
1764 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1765 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1769 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1771 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772 NULL
1773 },
1774 },
1775 {
1776 {
1777 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1778 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1779 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1780 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1781 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1782 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1783 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1784 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1785 NULL
1786 },
1787 {
1788 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1789 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1790 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1791 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1792 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1793 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1794 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1795 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1796 NULL
1797 },
1798 }
1799 };
1800
1801 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1802 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1803
1804 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1805 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1806 not data.
1807
1808 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1809
1810 inline static void
1811 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1812 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1813 {
1814 value |= code_p;
1815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1816 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1817 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1818 addr);
1819 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1820 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1821 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1822 addr + 4);
1823 }
1824
1825 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1826 the object is position-independent. */
1827
1828 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1829 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1830 {
1831 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1832 }
1833 #else
1834 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1835
1836 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1837
1838 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1839
1840 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1841 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1842 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1843 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1844 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1845 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1846 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1847 greater than or equal to 12. */
1848 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1849 {
1850 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1851 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1852 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1853 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1854 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1856 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1857 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1858 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1859 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1860 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1861 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1862 };
1863
1864 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1865 {
1866 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1867 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1868 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1869 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1870 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1871 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1872 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1873 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1874 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1875 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1876 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1877 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1878 };
1879
1880 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1881 this. */
1882
1883 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1884 {
1885 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1886 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1887 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1888 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1889 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1890 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1891 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1892 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1893 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1894 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1895 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1896 };
1897
1898 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1899 {
1900 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1901 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1902 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1903 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1904 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1905 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1906 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1907 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1908 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1909 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1910 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1911 };
1912
1913 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1914
1915 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1916 {
1917 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1918 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1919 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1920 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1921 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1922 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1923 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1924 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1925 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1926 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1927 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1928 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1929 };
1930
1931 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1932 {
1933 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1934 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1935 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1936 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1937 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1938 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1939 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1940 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1941 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1942 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1943 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1944 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1945 };
1946
1947 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1948 {
1949 {
1950 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1951 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1952 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1953 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1954 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1955 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1956 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1957 8,
1958 NULL
1959 },
1960 {
1961 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1962 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1965 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1966 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1968 8,
1969 NULL
1970 },
1971 },
1972 {
1973 {
1974 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1975 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1976 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1977 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1978 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1979 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1980 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1981 8,
1982 NULL
1983 },
1984 {
1985 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1986 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1987 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1988 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1989 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1990 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1991 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1992 8,
1993 NULL
1994 },
1995 }
1996 };
1997
1998 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1999 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2000
2001 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2002 {
2003 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2004 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2005 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2006 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2007 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2008 };
2009
2010 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2011 {
2012 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2013 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2014 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2015 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2016 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2017 };
2018
2019 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2020 {
2021 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2022 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2023 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2024 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2025 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2026 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2027 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2028 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2029 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2030 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2031 };
2032
2033 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2034 {
2035 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2036 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2037 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2038 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2039 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2040 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2041 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2042 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2043 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2044 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2045 };
2046
2047 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2048 {
2049 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2050 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2051 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2052 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2053 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2054 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2055 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2056 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2057 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2058 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2059 };
2060
2061 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2062 {
2063 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2064 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2065 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2066 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2067 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2068 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2069 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2070 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2071 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2072 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2073 };
2074
2075 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2076 {
2077 {
2078 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2079 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2080 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2081 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2082 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2083 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2084 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2085 12,
2086 NULL
2087 },
2088 {
2089 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2090 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2091 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2092 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2093 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2094 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2096 12,
2097 NULL
2098 },
2099 },
2100 {
2101 {
2102 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2103 NULL,
2104 0,
2105 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2106 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2107 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2108 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2109 12,
2110 NULL
2111 },
2112 {
2113 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2114 NULL,
2115 0,
2116 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2117 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2118 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2119 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2120 12,
2121 NULL
2122 },
2123 }
2124 };
2125
2126 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2127 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2128 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2129 cache behavior. */
2130
2131 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2132 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2133
2134 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2135 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2136 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2137 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2138 stubs separately. */
2139
2140 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2141 {
2142 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2143 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2144 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2145 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2146 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2147 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2148 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2149 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2150 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2151 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2152 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2153 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2154 };
2155
2156 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2157 {
2158 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2159 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2160 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2161 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2162 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2163 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2164 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2165 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2166 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2167 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2168 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2169 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2170 };
2171
2172 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2173 {
2174 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2175 NULL,
2176 0,
2177 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2178 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2179 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2180 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2181 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2182 NULL
2183 },
2184 {
2185 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2186 NULL,
2187 0,
2188 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2189 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2190 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2191 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2192 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2193 NULL
2194 },
2195 };
2196
2197 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2198 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2199 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2200 but would not be any smaller. */
2201
2202 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2203 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2204
2205 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2206 {
2207 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2208 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2209 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2210 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2211 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2212 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2213 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2214 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2215 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2216 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2217 };
2218
2219 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2220 {
2221 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2222 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2223 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2224 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2225 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2226 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2227 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2228 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2229 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2230 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2231 };
2232
2233 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2234 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2235 NULL,
2236 0,
2237 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2238 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2239 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2240 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2241 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2242 NULL
2243 };
2244
2245 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2246 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2247 NULL,
2248 0,
2249 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2251 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2253 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254 NULL
2255 };
2256
2257 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2258 {
2259 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2260 NULL,
2261 0,
2262 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2263 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2264 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2265 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2266 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2267 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2268 },
2269 {
2270 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2271 NULL,
2272 0,
2273 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2274 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2275 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2276 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2277 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2278 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2279 },
2280 };
2281
2282 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2283 the object is position-independent. */
2284
2285 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2286 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2287 {
2288 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2289 {
2290 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2291 sequence. */
2292 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2293 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2294 else
2295 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2296 }
2297 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2298 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2299 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2300 }
2301
2302 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2303 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2304 not data. */
2305
2306 inline static void
2307 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2308 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2309 {
2310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2311 }
2312 #endif
2313
2314 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2315 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2316 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2317 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2318 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2319
2320 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2321
2322 static bfd_vma
2323 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2324 {
2325 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2326
2327 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2328 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2329 {
2330 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2331 {
2332 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2333 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2334 }
2335 else
2336 info = info->short_plt;
2337 }
2338 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2339 }
2340
2341 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2342
2343 static bfd_vma
2344 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2345 {
2346 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2347
2348 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2349 {
2350 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2351 {
2352 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2353 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2354 }
2355 else
2356 info = info->short_plt;
2357 }
2358 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2359 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2360 }
2361
2362 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2363 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2364 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2365 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2366 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2367
2368 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2369 {
2370 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2371
2372 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2373 asection *sec;
2374
2375 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2376 bfd_size_type count;
2377
2378 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2379 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2380 };
2381
2382 union gotref
2383 {
2384 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385 bfd_vma offset;
2386 };
2387
2388 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2389
2390 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2391 {
2392 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2393
2394 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2395 union
2396 {
2397 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2398 bfd_vma offset;
2399 } datalabel_got;
2400 #endif
2401
2402 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2403 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2404
2405 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2406
2407 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2408 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2409 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2410 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2411 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2412 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2413 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2414 descriptor will be canonical. */
2415 union gotref funcdesc;
2416
2417 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2418 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2419 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2420
2421 enum got_type {
2422 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2423 } got_type;
2424 };
2425
2426 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2427
2428 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2429 {
2430 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2431
2432 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2433 char *local_got_type;
2434
2435 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2436 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2437 };
2438
2439 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2440 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2441
2442 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2443 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2444
2445 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2446 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2447
2448 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2449 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2450 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2451 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2452
2453 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2454 as the specific tdata. */
2455
2456 static bfd_boolean
2457 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2458 {
2459 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2460 SH_ELF_DATA);
2461 }
2462
2463 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2464
2465 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2466 {
2467 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2468
2469 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2470 asection *sgot;
2471 asection *sgotplt;
2472 asection *srelgot;
2473 asection *splt;
2474 asection *srelplt;
2475 asection *sdynbss;
2476 asection *srelbss;
2477 asection *sfuncdesc;
2478 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2479 asection *srofixup;
2480
2481 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2482 asection *srelplt2;
2483
2484 /* Small local sym cache. */
2485 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2486
2487 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2488 union
2489 {
2490 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2491 bfd_vma offset;
2492 } tls_ldm_got;
2493
2494 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2495 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2496
2497 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2498 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2499
2500 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2501 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2502 };
2503
2504 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2505
2506 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2507 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2508 (&(table)->root, \
2509 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2510 (info)))
2511
2512 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2513
2514 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2515 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2516 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2517
2518 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2519
2520 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2521 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2522 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2523 const char *string)
2524 {
2525 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2526 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2527
2528 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2529 subclass. */
2530 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2531 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2532 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2533 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2534 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2535 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2536
2537 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2538 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2539 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2540 table, string));
2541 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2542 {
2543 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2544 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2545 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2546 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2547 #endif
2548 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2549 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2550 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2551 }
2552
2553 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2554 }
2555
2556 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2557
2558 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2559 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2560 {
2561 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2562 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2563
2564 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2565 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2566 return NULL;
2567
2568 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2569 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2570 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2571 SH_ELF_DATA))
2572 {
2573 free (ret);
2574 return NULL;
2575 }
2576
2577 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2578 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2579
2580 return &ret->root.root;
2581 }
2582
2583 static bfd_boolean
2584 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2585 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2586 {
2587 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2588
2589 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2590 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2591 return TRUE;
2592
2593 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2594 relocate independently. */
2595 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2596 {
2597 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2598 case SHT_NOBITS:
2599 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2600 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2601 case SHT_NULL:
2602 return FALSE;
2603
2604 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2605 against any other section. */
2606 default:
2607 return TRUE;
2608 }
2609 }
2610
2611 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2612 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2613
2614 static bfd_boolean
2615 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2616 {
2617 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2618
2619 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2620 return FALSE;
2621
2622 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2623 if (htab == NULL)
2624 return FALSE;
2625
2626 htab->sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2627 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2628 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2629 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2630 abort ();
2631
2632 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2633 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2634 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2635 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2636 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2637 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2638 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2639 return FALSE;
2640
2641 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2642 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2643 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2644 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2645 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2646 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2647 | SEC_READONLY));
2648 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2649 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2650 return FALSE;
2651
2652 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2653 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2654 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2655 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2656 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2657 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2658 | SEC_READONLY));
2659 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2660 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2661 return FALSE;
2662
2663 return TRUE;
2664 }
2665
2666 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2667
2668 static bfd_boolean
2669 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2670 {
2671 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2672 flagword flags, pltflags;
2673 asection *s;
2674 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2675 int ptralign = 0;
2676
2677 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2678 {
2679 case 32:
2680 ptralign = 2;
2681 break;
2682
2683 case 64:
2684 ptralign = 3;
2685 break;
2686
2687 default:
2688 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2689 return FALSE;
2690 }
2691
2692 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2693 if (htab == NULL)
2694 return FALSE;
2695
2696 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2697 return TRUE;
2698
2699 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2700 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2701
2702 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2703 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2704
2705 pltflags = flags;
2706 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2707 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2708 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2709 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2710 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2711
2712 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2713 htab->splt = s;
2714 if (s == NULL
2715 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2716 return FALSE;
2717
2718 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2719 {
2720 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2721 .plt section. */
2722 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2723 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2724
2725 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2726 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2727 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2728 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2729 return FALSE;
2730
2731 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2732 h->def_regular = 1;
2733 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2734 htab->root.hplt = h;
2735
2736 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2737 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2738 return FALSE;
2739 }
2740
2741 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2742 bed->default_use_rela_p
2743 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2744 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2745 htab->srelplt = s;
2746 if (s == NULL
2747 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2748 return FALSE;
2749
2750 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2751 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2752 return FALSE;
2753
2754 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2755 {
2756 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2757 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2758 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2759 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2760 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2761 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2762 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2763 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2764 htab->sdynbss = s;
2765 if (s == NULL)
2766 return FALSE;
2767
2768 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2769 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2770 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2771 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2772 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2773 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2774 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2775 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2776 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2777 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2778 copy relocs. */
2779 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2780 {
2781 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2782 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2783 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2784 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2785 htab->srelbss = s;
2786 if (s == NULL
2787 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2788 return FALSE;
2789 }
2790 }
2791
2792 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2793 {
2794 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2795 return FALSE;
2796 }
2797
2798 return TRUE;
2799 }
2800 \f
2801 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2802 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2803 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2804 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2805 understand. */
2806
2807 static bfd_boolean
2808 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2809 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2810 {
2811 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2812 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2813 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2814 asection *s;
2815
2816 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2817 if (htab == NULL)
2818 return FALSE;
2819
2820 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2821 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2822 && (h->needs_plt
2823 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2824 || (h->def_dynamic
2825 && h->ref_regular
2826 && !h->def_regular)));
2827
2828 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2829 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2830 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2831 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2832 || h->needs_plt)
2833 {
2834 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2835 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2836 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2837 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2838 {
2839 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2840 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2841 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2842 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2843 reloc instead. */
2844 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2845 h->needs_plt = 0;
2846 }
2847
2848 return TRUE;
2849 }
2850 else
2851 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2852
2853 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2854 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2855 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2856 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2857 {
2858 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2859 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2860 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2861 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2862 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2863 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2864 return TRUE;
2865 }
2866
2867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2868 is not a function. */
2869
2870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2874 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2875 return TRUE;
2876
2877 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2878 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2879 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2880 return TRUE;
2881
2882 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2883 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2884 {
2885 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2886 return TRUE;
2887 }
2888
2889 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2890 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2891 {
2892 s = p->sec->output_section;
2893 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2894 break;
2895 }
2896
2897 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2898 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2899 the copy reloc. */
2900 if (p == NULL)
2901 {
2902 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2903 return TRUE;
2904 }
2905
2906 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2907 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2908 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2909 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2910 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2911 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2912 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2913 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2914 same memory location for the variable. */
2915
2916 s = htab->sdynbss;
2917 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2918
2919 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2920 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2921 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2922 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2923 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2924 {
2925 asection *srel;
2926
2927 srel = htab->srelbss;
2928 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2929 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2930 h->needs_copy = 1;
2931 }
2932
2933 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2934 }
2935
2936 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2937 dynamic relocs. */
2938
2939 static bfd_boolean
2940 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2941 {
2942 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2943 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2944 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2945 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2946
2947 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2948 return TRUE;
2949
2950 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2951 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2952 if (htab == NULL)
2953 return FALSE;
2954
2955 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2956 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2957 || h->forced_local)
2958 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2959 {
2960 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2961 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2962 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2963 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2964 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2965 }
2966
2967 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2968 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2969 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2970 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2971 {
2972 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2973 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2974 if (h->dynindx == -1
2975 && !h->forced_local)
2976 {
2977 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2978 return FALSE;
2979 }
2980
2981 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2982 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2983 {
2984 asection *s = htab->splt;
2985 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2986
2987 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2988 first entry. */
2989 if (s->size == 0)
2990 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2991
2992 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2993
2994 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2995 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2996 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2997 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2998 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2999 function's address will be the address of the canonical
3000 function descriptor. */
3001 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info) && !h->def_regular)
3002 {
3003 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3004 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3005 }
3006
3007 /* Make room for this entry. */
3008 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3009 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3010 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3011 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3012 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3013
3014 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3015 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3016 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3017 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3018 else
3019 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3020
3021 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3022 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3023
3024 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3025 {
3026 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3027 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3028 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3029
3030 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3031 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3032 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3033 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3034
3035 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3036 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3037 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3038 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3039 }
3040 }
3041 else
3042 {
3043 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3044 h->needs_plt = 0;
3045 }
3046 }
3047 else
3048 {
3049 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3050 h->needs_plt = 0;
3051 }
3052
3053 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3054 {
3055 asection *s;
3056 bfd_boolean dyn;
3057 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3058
3059 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3060 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3061 if (h->dynindx == -1
3062 && !h->forced_local)
3063 {
3064 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3065 return FALSE;
3066 }
3067
3068 s = htab->sgot;
3069 h->got.offset = s->size;
3070 s->size += 4;
3071 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3072 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3073 s->size += 4;
3074 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3075 if (!dyn)
3076 {
3077 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3078 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3079 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3080 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3081 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3082 }
3083 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3084 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
3085 && !h->def_dynamic
3086 && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3087 ;
3088 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3089 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3090 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3091 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3092 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3093 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3094 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3095 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3096 {
3097 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3098 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3099 else
3100 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3101 }
3102 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3103 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3104 && (bfd_link_pic (info)
3105 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3106 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3107 else if (htab->fdpic_p
3108 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
3109 && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3110 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3111 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3112 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3113 }
3114 else
3115 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3116
3117 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3118 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3119 {
3120 asection *s;
3121 bfd_boolean dyn;
3122
3123 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3124 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3125 if (h->dynindx == -1
3126 && !h->forced_local)
3127 {
3128 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3129 return FALSE;
3130 }
3131
3132 s = htab->sgot;
3133 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3134 s->size += 4;
3135 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3136 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, bfd_link_pic (info), h))
3137 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3138 }
3139 else
3140 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3141 #endif
3142
3143 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3144 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3145 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3146 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3147 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3148 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3149 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3150 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3151 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3152 {
3153 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3154 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3155 else
3156 htab->srelgot->size
3157 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3158 }
3159
3160 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3161 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3162 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3163 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3164 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3165 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3166 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3167 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3168 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3169 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3170 {
3171 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3172 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3173 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3174
3175 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3176 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3177 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3178 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3179 else
3180 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3181 }
3182
3183 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3184 return TRUE;
3185
3186 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3187 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3188 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3189 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3190 visibility changes. */
3191
3192 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3193 {
3194 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3195 {
3196 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3197
3198 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3199 {
3200 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3201 p->pc_count = 0;
3202 if (p->count == 0)
3203 *pp = p->next;
3204 else
3205 pp = &p->next;
3206 }
3207 }
3208
3209 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3210 {
3211 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3212
3213 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3214 {
3215 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3216 *pp = p->next;
3217 else
3218 pp = &p->next;
3219 }
3220 }
3221
3222 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3223 visibility. */
3224 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3225 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3226 {
3227 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3228 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3229
3230 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3231 symbol in PIEs. */
3232 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3233 && !h->forced_local)
3234 {
3235 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3236 return FALSE;
3237 }
3238 }
3239 }
3240 else
3241 {
3242 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3243 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3244 dynamic. */
3245
3246 if (!h->non_got_ref
3247 && ((h->def_dynamic
3248 && !h->def_regular)
3249 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3250 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3251 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3252 {
3253 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3254 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3255 if (h->dynindx == -1
3256 && !h->forced_local)
3257 {
3258 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3259 return FALSE;
3260 }
3261
3262 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3263 relocs. */
3264 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3265 goto keep;
3266 }
3267
3268 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3269
3270 keep: ;
3271 }
3272
3273 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3274 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3275 {
3276 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3277 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3278
3279 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3280 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3281 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3282 }
3283
3284 return TRUE;
3285 }
3286
3287 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3288
3289 static bfd_boolean
3290 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3291 {
3292 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3293 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3294
3295 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3296 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3297 {
3298 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3299
3300 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3301 {
3302 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3303
3304 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3305
3306 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3307 return FALSE;
3308 }
3309 }
3310 return TRUE;
3311 }
3312
3313 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3314 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3315 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3316
3317 static bfd_boolean
3318 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3319 {
3320 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd,
3321 bfd_link_pic (info));
3322
3323 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
3324 && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
3325 "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
3326 return FALSE;
3327 return TRUE;
3328 }
3329
3330 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3331
3332 static bfd_boolean
3333 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3334 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3335 {
3336 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3337 bfd *dynobj;
3338 asection *s;
3339 bfd_boolean relocs;
3340 bfd *ibfd;
3341
3342 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3343 if (htab == NULL)
3344 return FALSE;
3345
3346 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3347 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3348
3349 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3350 {
3351 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3352 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
3353 {
3354 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3355 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3356 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3357 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3358 }
3359 }
3360
3361 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3362 relocs. */
3363 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3364 {
3365 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3366 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3367 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3368 char *local_got_type;
3369 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3370 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3371 asection *srel;
3372
3373 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3374 continue;
3375
3376 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3377 {
3378 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3379
3380 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3381 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3382 p != NULL;
3383 p = p->next)
3384 {
3385 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3386 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3387 {
3388 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3389 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3390 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3391 the relocs too. */
3392 }
3393 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3394 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3395 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3396 {
3397 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3398 handled specially by the loader. */
3399 }
3400 else if (p->count != 0)
3401 {
3402 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3403 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3404 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3405 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3406
3407 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3408 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3409 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3410 }
3411 }
3412 }
3413
3414 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3415 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3416 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3417 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3418 locsymcount *= 2;
3419 #endif
3420 s = htab->sgot;
3421 srel = htab->srelgot;
3422
3423 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3424 if (local_got)
3425 {
3426 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3427 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3428 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3429 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3430 {
3431 if (*local_got > 0)
3432 {
3433 *local_got = s->size;
3434 s->size += 4;
3435 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3436 s->size += 4;
3437 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
3438 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3439 else
3440 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3441
3442 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3443 {
3444 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3445 {
3446 bfd_size_type size;
3447
3448 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3449 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3450 size);
3451 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3452 return FALSE;
3453 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3454 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3455 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3456 }
3457 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3458 ++local_funcdesc;
3459 }
3460 }
3461 else
3462 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3463 ++local_got_type;
3464 }
3465 }
3466
3467 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3468 if (local_funcdesc)
3469 {
3470 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3471
3472 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3473 {
3474 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3475 {
3476 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3477 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3478 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
3479 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3480 else
3481 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3482 }
3483 else
3484 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3485 }
3486 }
3487
3488 }
3489
3490 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3491 {
3492 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3493 relocs. */
3494 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3495 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3496 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3497 }
3498 else
3499 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3500
3501 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3502 the end of .got.plt. */
3503 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3504 {
3505 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3506 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3507 }
3508
3509 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3510 sym dynamic relocs. */
3511 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3512
3513 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3514 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3515 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3516 {
3517 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3518 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3519 }
3520
3521 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3522 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3523 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3524
3525 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3526 Allocate memory for them. */
3527 relocs = FALSE;
3528 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3529 {
3530 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3531 continue;
3532
3533 if (s == htab->splt
3534 || s == htab->sgot
3535 || s == htab->sgotplt
3536 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3537 || s == htab->srofixup
3538 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3539 {
3540 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3541 comment below. */
3542 }
3543 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3544 {
3545 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3546 relocs = TRUE;
3547
3548 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3549 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3550 s->reloc_count = 0;
3551 }
3552 else
3553 {
3554 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3555 continue;
3556 }
3557
3558 if (s->size == 0)
3559 {
3560 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3561 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3562 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3563 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3564 before the linker maps input sections to output
3565 sections. The linker does that before
3566 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3567 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3568 into these sections. */
3569
3570 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3571 continue;
3572 }
3573
3574 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3575 continue;
3576
3577 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3578 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3579 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3580 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3581 of garbage. */
3582 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3583 if (s->contents == NULL)
3584 return FALSE;
3585 }
3586
3587 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3588 {
3589 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3590 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3591 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3592 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3593 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3594 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3595 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3596
3597 if (bfd_link_executable (info))
3598 {
3599 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3600 return FALSE;
3601 }
3602
3603 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3604 {
3605 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3606 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3607 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3608 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3609 return FALSE;
3610 }
3611 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC))
3612 {
3613 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3614 return FALSE;
3615 }
3616
3617 if (relocs)
3618 {
3619 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3620 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3621 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3622 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3623 return FALSE;
3624
3625 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3626 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3627 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3628 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3629
3630 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3631 {
3632 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3633 return FALSE;
3634 }
3635 }
3636 if (htab->vxworks_p
3637 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3638 return FALSE;
3639 }
3640 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3641
3642 return TRUE;
3643 }
3644 \f
3645 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3646
3647 inline static bfd_vma
3648 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3649 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3650 {
3651 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3652 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3653
3654 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3655 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3656 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3657
3658 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3659 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3660 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3661 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3662 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3663
3664 return reloc_offset;
3665 }
3666
3667 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3668
3669 inline static void
3670 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3671 {
3672 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3673
3674 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3675 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3676 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3680 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3681
3682 static bfd_signed_vma
3683 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3684 {
3685 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3686 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3687 }
3688
3689 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3690 located. */
3691
3692 static unsigned
3693 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3694 {
3695 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3696
3697 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3698 /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
3699 && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3700 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3701
3702 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3703 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3704 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3705 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3706 }
3707
3708 static bfd_boolean
3709 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3710 {
3711 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3712
3713 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3714 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3715 }
3716
3717 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3718 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3719 static bfd_boolean
3720 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3721 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3722 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3723 bfd_vma offset,
3724 asection *section,
3725 bfd_vma value)
3726 {
3727 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3728 int dynindx;
3729 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3730
3731 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3732
3733 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3734 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3735 go in the reloc instead... */
3736
3737 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3738 {
3739 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3740 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3741 }
3742
3743 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3744 {
3745 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3746 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3747 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3748 }
3749 else
3750 {
3751 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3752 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3753 addr = seg = 0;
3754 }
3755
3756 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3757 {
3758 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3759 {
3760 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3761 offset
3762 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3763 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3764 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3765 offset + 4
3766 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3767 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3768 }
3769
3770 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3771 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3772 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3773 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3774 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3775 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3776 }
3777 else
3778 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3779 offset
3780 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3781 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3782 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3783
3784 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3785 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3786
3787 return TRUE;
3788 }
3789
3790 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3791 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3792 otherwise. */
3793
3794 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3795 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3796 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3797 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3798 {
3799 unsigned long cur_val;
3800 bfd_byte *addr;
3801 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3802
3803 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3804 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3805
3806 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3807 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3808 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3809 return r;
3810
3811 addr = contents + offset;
3812 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3813 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3814 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3815
3816 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3817 }
3818
3819 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3820
3821 static bfd_boolean
3822 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3823 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3824 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3825 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3826 asection **local_sections)
3827 {
3828 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3829 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3830 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3831 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3832 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3833 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3834 asection *sgot = NULL;
3835 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3836 asection *splt = NULL;
3837 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3838 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3839 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3840 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3841 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3842
3843 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3844
3845 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3846 if (htab != NULL)
3847 {
3848 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3849 sgot = htab->sgot;
3850 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3851 splt = htab->splt;
3852 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3853 }
3854 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3855 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3856 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3857
3858 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3859 input_section->output_section);
3860 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3861 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3862 sgot->output_section);
3863 else
3864 got_segment = -1;
3865 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3866 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3867 splt->output_section);
3868 else
3869 plt_segment = -1;
3870
3871 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3872 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3873 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && bfd_link_pic (info)
3874 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3875 ".tls_vars"));
3876
3877 rel = relocs;
3878 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3879 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3880 {
3881 int r_type;
3882 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3883 unsigned long r_symndx;
3884 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3885 asection *sec;
3886 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3887 bfd_vma relocation;
3888 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3889 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3890 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3891 bfd_vma off;
3892 enum got_type got_type;
3893 const char *symname = NULL;
3894
3895 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3896
3897 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3898
3899 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3900 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3901 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3902 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3903 continue;
3904 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3905 continue;
3906
3907 if (r_type < 0
3908 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3909 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3910 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3911 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3912 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3913 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3914 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3915 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3916 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3917 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3918 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3919 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3920 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3921 {
3922 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3923 return FALSE;
3924 }
3925
3926 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3927
3928 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3929 the relocation. */
3930 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3931 addend = rel->r_addend;
3932
3933 h = NULL;
3934 sym = NULL;
3935 sec = NULL;
3936 check_segment[0] = -1;
3937 check_segment[1] = -1;
3938 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3939 {
3940 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3941 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3942
3943 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3944 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3945 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3946 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3947
3948 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3949 + sec->output_offset
3950 + sym->st_value);
3951 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
3952 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
3953 without notice. */
3954 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
3955 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
3956 (info,
3957 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
3958 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
3959
3960 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3961 /* Handled below. */
3962 ;
3963 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
3964 {
3965 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3966 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3967 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3968 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3969 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3970 {
3971 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3972 {
3973 /* For relocations with the addend in the
3974 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3975 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3976 code is mostly for completeness. */
3977 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3978
3979 continue;
3980 }
3981
3982 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3983 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3984 from the changed location of the section symbol.
3985 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3986 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3987 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3988 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3989 final link. */
3990 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3991 sec->output_offset
3992 + sym->st_value,
3993 contents + rel->r_offset);
3994 goto relocation_done;
3995 }
3996
3997 continue;
3998 }
3999 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4000 {
4001 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4002 addend = rel->r_addend;
4003 }
4004 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4005 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4006 {
4007 asection *msec;
4008
4009 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4010 {
4011 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4012 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4013 input_bfd, input_section,
4014 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4015 return FALSE;
4016 }
4017
4018 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4019 msec = sec;
4020 addend =
4021 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4022 - relocation;
4023 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4024 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4025 addend = 0;
4026 }
4027 }
4028 else
4029 {
4030 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4031
4032 relocation = 0;
4033 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4034 symname = h->root.root.string;
4035 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4036 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4037 {
4038 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4039 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4040 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4041 doesn't count. */
4042 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4043 #endif
4044 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4045 }
4046 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4047 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4048 {
4049 bfd_boolean dyn;
4050
4051 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4052 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4053 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4054 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4055 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4056 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4057 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4058 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4059 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4060 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4061 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4062 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4063 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4064 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4065 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4066 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4067 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4068 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4069 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4070 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4071 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4072 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4073 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4074 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4075 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4076 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4077 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4078 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4079 bfd_link_pic (info),
4080 h)
4081 && (! bfd_link_pic (info)
4082 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4083 || !h->def_regular))
4084 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4085 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4086 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4087 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4088 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4089 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4090 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4091 || !h->def_regular)
4092 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4093 && !h->forced_local)
4094 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4095 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4096 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4097 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4098 sections against symbols defined externally
4099 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4100 with them here. */
4101 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4102 && h->def_dynamic)))
4103 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4104 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4105 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4106 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4107 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4108 && h->def_dynamic))
4109 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4110 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4111 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4112 ;
4113 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4114 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4115 + sec->output_section->vma
4116 + sec->output_offset)
4117 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4118 symbol value, unless we've seen
4119 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4120 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4121 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4122 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
4123 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4124 input_section,
4125 rel->r_offset)
4126 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4127 {
4128 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4129 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4130 input_bfd,
4131 input_section,
4132 (long) rel->r_offset,
4133 howto->name,
4134 h->root.root.string);
4135 return FALSE;
4136 }
4137 }
4138 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4139 ;
4140 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4141 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4142 ;
4143 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4144 {
4145 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4146 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4147 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4148 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4149 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4150 return FALSE;
4151 }
4152 }
4153
4154 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4155 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4156 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4157
4158 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
4159 continue;
4160
4161 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4162 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4163 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4164 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4165 if (sec != NULL)
4166 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4167 sec->output_section);
4168 else
4169 check_segment[1] = -1;
4170
4171 switch ((int) r_type)
4172 {
4173 final_link_relocate:
4174 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4175 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4176 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4177 contents, rel->r_offset,
4178 relocation, addend);
4179 break;
4180
4181 case R_SH_IND12W:
4182 goto final_link_relocate;
4183
4184 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4185 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4186 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4187 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4188 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4189 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4190 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4191 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4192 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4193 != relocation)
4194 {
4195 int disp = (relocation
4196 - input_section->output_section->vma
4197 - input_section->output_offset
4198 - rel->r_offset);
4199 int mask = 0;
4200 switch (r_type)
4201 {
4202 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4203 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4204 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4205 default: mask = 0; break;
4206 }
4207 if (disp & mask)
4208 {
4209 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4210 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4211 input_section->owner,
4212 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4213 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4214 return FALSE;
4215 }
4216 relocation -= 4;
4217 goto final_link_relocate;
4218 }
4219 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4220 break;
4221
4222 default:
4223 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4224 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4225 contents, rel, &relocation))
4226 goto final_link_relocate;
4227 #endif
4228 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4229 return FALSE;
4230
4231 case R_SH_DIR16:
4232 case R_SH_DIR8:
4233 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4234 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4235 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4236 goto final_link_relocate;
4237
4238 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4239 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4240 if (relocation & 3)
4241 {
4242 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4243 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4244 input_section->owner,
4245 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4246 (unsigned long) relocation));
4247 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4248 return FALSE;
4249 }
4250 goto final_link_relocate;
4251
4252 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4253 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4254 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4255 if (relocation & 1)
4256 {
4257 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4258 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4259 input_section->owner,
4260 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4261 (unsigned long) relocation));
4262 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4263 return FALSE;
4264 }
4265 goto final_link_relocate;
4266
4267 case R_SH_PSHA:
4268 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4269 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4270 {
4271 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4272 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4273 input_section->owner,
4274 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4275 (unsigned long) relocation));
4276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4277 return FALSE;
4278 }
4279 goto final_link_relocate;
4280
4281 case R_SH_PSHL:
4282 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4283 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4284 {
4285 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4286 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4287 input_section->owner,
4288 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4289 (unsigned long) relocation));
4290 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4291 return FALSE;
4292 }
4293 goto final_link_relocate;
4294
4295 case R_SH_DIR32:
4296 case R_SH_REL32:
4297 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4298 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4299 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4300 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4301 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4302 #endif
4303 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4304 && (h == NULL
4305 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4306 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4307 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4308 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4309 && !is_vxworks_tls
4310 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4311 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4312 {
4313 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4314 bfd_byte *loc;
4315 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4316
4317 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4318 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4319 time. */
4320
4321 if (sreloc == NULL)
4322 {
4323 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4324 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4325 if (sreloc == NULL)
4326 return FALSE;
4327 }
4328
4329 skip = FALSE;
4330 relocate = FALSE;
4331
4332 outrel.r_offset =
4333 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4334 rel->r_offset);
4335 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4336 skip = TRUE;
4337 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4338 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4339 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4340 + input_section->output_offset);
4341
4342 if (skip)
4343 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4344 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4345 {
4346 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4347 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4348 outrel.r_addend
4349 = (howto->partial_inplace
4350 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4351 : addend);
4352 }
4353 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4354 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4355 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4356 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4357 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4358 {
4359 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4360 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4361 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4362 }
4363 #endif
4364 else if (fdpic_p
4365 && (h == NULL
4366 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4367 && h->def_regular)))
4368 {
4369 int dynindx;
4370
4371 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4372 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4373 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4374 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4375 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4376 outrel.r_addend
4377 += (howto->partial_inplace
4378 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4379 : addend);
4380 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4381 }
4382 else
4383 {
4384 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4385 become local. */
4386 if (h == NULL
4387 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4388 && h->def_regular))
4389 {
4390 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4391 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4392 }
4393 else
4394 {
4395 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4396 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4397 }
4398 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4399 outrel.r_addend
4400 += (howto->partial_inplace
4401 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4402 : addend);
4403 }
4404
4405 loc = sreloc->contents;
4406 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4407 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4408
4409 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4410
4411 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4412 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4413 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4414 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4415 if (! relocate)
4416 continue;
4417 }
4418 else if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4419 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4420 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4421 {
4422 bfd_vma offset;
4423
4424 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4425
4426 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4427 input_section->output_section))
4428 {
4429 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4430 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4431 input_bfd,
4432 input_section,
4433 (long) rel->r_offset,
4434 symname);
4435 return FALSE;
4436 }
4437
4438 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4439 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4440 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4441 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4442 input_section->output_section->vma
4443 + input_section->output_offset
4444 + rel->r_offset);
4445
4446 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4447 }
4448 /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
4449 symbols. */
4450 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4451 && h
4452 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4453 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4454 goto final_link_relocate;
4455
4456 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4457 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4458 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4459 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4460 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4461 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4462 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4463 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4464 #endif
4465 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4466 procedure linkage table. */
4467
4468 if (h == NULL
4469 || h->forced_local
4470 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
4471 || info->symbolic
4472 || h->dynindx == -1
4473 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4474 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4475 goto force_got;
4476
4477 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4478 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4479
4480 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4481 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4482 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4483 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4484 + 3) * 4);
4485
4486 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4487 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4488 #endif
4489
4490 goto final_link_relocate;
4491
4492 force_got:
4493 case R_SH_GOT32:
4494 case R_SH_GOT20:
4495 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4496 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4497 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4498 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4499 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4500 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4501 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4502 #endif
4503 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4504 offset table. */
4505
4506 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4507 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4508 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4509
4510 if (h != NULL)
4511 {
4512 bfd_boolean dyn;
4513
4514 off = h->got.offset;
4515 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4516 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4517 {
4518 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4519
4520 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4521 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4522 }
4523 #endif
4524 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4525
4526 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4527 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
4528 bfd_link_pic (info),
4529 h)
4530 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
4531 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4532 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4533 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4534 {
4535 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4536 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4537 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4538 because of a version file. We must initialize
4539 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4540 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4541 least significant bit to record whether we have
4542 initialized it already.
4543
4544 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4545 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4546 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4547 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4548 off &= ~1;
4549 else
4550 {
4551 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4552 sgot->contents + off);
4553 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4554 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4555 {
4556 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4557
4558 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4559 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4560 }
4561 else
4562 #endif
4563 h->got.offset |= 1;
4564
4565 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4566 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4567 if (fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
4568 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4569 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4570 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4571 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4572 sgot->output_section->vma
4573 + sgot->output_offset
4574 + off);
4575 }
4576 }
4577
4578 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4579 }
4580 else
4581 {
4582 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4583 if (rel->r_addend)
4584 {
4585 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4586 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4587 + r_symndx]
4588 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4589
4590 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4591 + r_symndx];
4592 }
4593 else
4594 {
4595 #endif
4596 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4597 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4598
4599 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4600 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4601 }
4602 #endif
4603
4604 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4605 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4606 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4607 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4608 off &= ~1;
4609 else
4610 {
4611 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4612
4613 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4614 {
4615 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4616 bfd_byte *loc;
4617
4618 if (srelgot == NULL)
4619 {
4620 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj,
4621 ".rela.got");
4622 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4623 }
4624
4625 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4626 + sgot->output_offset
4627 + off);
4628 if (fdpic_p)
4629 {
4630 int dynindx
4631 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4632 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4633 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4634 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4635 }
4636 else
4637 {
4638 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4639 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4640 }
4641 loc = srelgot->contents;
4642 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4643 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4644 }
4645 else if (fdpic_p
4646 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4647 == GOT_NORMAL))
4648 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4649 sgot->output_section->vma
4650 + sgot->output_offset
4651 + off);
4652
4653 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4654 if (rel->r_addend)
4655 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4656 else
4657 #endif
4658 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4659 }
4660
4661 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4662 }
4663
4664 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4665 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4666 #endif
4667
4668 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4669 {
4670 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4671 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4672 rel->r_offset);
4673 break;
4674 }
4675 else
4676 goto final_link_relocate;
4677
4678 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4679 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4680 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4681 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4682 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4683 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4684 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4685 #endif
4686 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4687 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4688 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4689 descriptors in front of it. */
4690 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4691 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4692 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4693 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4694 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4695
4696 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4697 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4698 #endif
4699
4700 addend = rel->r_addend;
4701
4702 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4703 {
4704 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4705 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4706 rel->r_offset);
4707 break;
4708 }
4709 else
4710 goto final_link_relocate;
4711
4712 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4713 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4714 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4715 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4716 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4717 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4718 #endif
4719 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4720
4721 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4722 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4723
4724 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4725 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4726 #endif
4727
4728 addend = rel->r_addend;
4729
4730 goto final_link_relocate;
4731
4732 case R_SH_PLT32:
4733 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4734 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4735 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4736 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4737 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4738 #endif
4739 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4740 procedure linkage table. */
4741
4742 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4743 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4744 if (h == NULL)
4745 goto final_link_relocate;
4746
4747 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4748 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4749 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4750 behavior. */
4751 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4752 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4753
4754 if (h->forced_local)
4755 goto final_link_relocate;
4756
4757 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4758 {
4759 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4760 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4761 using -Bsymbolic. */
4762 goto final_link_relocate;
4763 }
4764
4765 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4766 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4767 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4768 + splt->output_offset
4769 + h->plt.offset);
4770
4771 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4772 relocation++;
4773 #endif
4774
4775 addend = rel->r_addend;
4776
4777 goto final_link_relocate;
4778
4779 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4780 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4781 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4782 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4783 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4784 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4785 {
4786 int dynindx = -1;
4787 asection *reloc_section;
4788 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4789 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4790
4791 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4792
4793 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4794
4795 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4796 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4797 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4798 does. */
4799
4800 relocation = 0;
4801 addend = 0;
4802
4803 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4804 {
4805 reloc_section = input_section;
4806 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4807 }
4808 else
4809 {
4810 reloc_section = sgot;
4811
4812 if (h != NULL)
4813 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4814 else
4815 {
4816 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4817 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4818 }
4819 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4820
4821 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4822 {
4823 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4824 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4825 }
4826 }
4827
4828 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4829 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4830 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4831 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4832 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4833 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4834 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4835 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4836 {
4837 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4838 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4839 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4840 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4841 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4842 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4843 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4844 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4845 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4846 + h->root.u.def.value;
4847 }
4848 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4849 {
4850 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4851 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4852 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4853 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4854 descriptor. */
4855 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4856 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4857 }
4858 else
4859 {
4860 bfd_vma offset;
4861
4862 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4863 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4864 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4865 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4866 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4867
4868 if (h)
4869 {
4870 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4871 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4872 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4873 {
4874 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4875 offset, NULL, 0))
4876 return FALSE;
4877 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4878 }
4879 }
4880 else
4881 {
4882 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4883
4884 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4885 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4886 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4887 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4888 {
4889 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4890 offset, sec,
4891 sym->st_value))
4892 return FALSE;
4893 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4894 }
4895 }
4896
4897 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4898 }
4899
4900 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4901 {
4902 bfd_vma offset;
4903
4904 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4905 reloc_section->output_section))
4906 {
4907 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4908 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4909 input_bfd,
4910 input_section,
4911 (long) rel->r_offset,
4912 symname);
4913 return FALSE;
4914 }
4915
4916 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4917 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4918
4919 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4920 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4921 offset
4922 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4923 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4924 }
4925 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4926 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4927 {
4928 bfd_vma offset;
4929
4930 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4931 reloc_section->output_section))
4932 {
4933 info->callbacks->warning
4934 (info,
4935 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4936 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4937 return FALSE;
4938 }
4939
4940 if (srelgot == NULL)
4941 {
4942 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4943 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4944 }
4945
4946 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4947 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4948
4949 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4950 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4951 offset
4952 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4953 + reloc_section->output_offset,
4954 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4955
4956 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4957 {
4958 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4959 break;
4960 }
4961 else
4962 {
4963 relocation = 0;
4964 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4965 }
4966 }
4967
4968 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4969 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4970 funcdesc_leave_zero:
4971 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4972 {
4973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4974 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4975 if (h != NULL)
4976 h->got.offset |= 1;
4977 else
4978 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4979
4980 funcdesc_done_got:
4981
4982 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4983 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4984 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4985 #endif
4986 }
4987 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4988 {
4989 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4990 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4991 rel->r_offset);
4992 break;
4993 }
4994 else
4995 goto final_link_relocate;
4996 }
4997 break;
4998
4999 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5000 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5001 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5002 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
5003 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5004 for them. */
5005 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5006
5007 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5008 relocation = 0;
5009 addend = rel->r_addend;
5010
5011 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5012 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5013 {
5014 _bfd_error_handler
5015 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5016 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5017 h->root.root.string);
5018 return FALSE;
5019 }
5020 else
5021 {
5022 bfd_vma offset;
5023
5024 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5025 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5026 if (h)
5027 {
5028 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5029 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5030 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5031 {
5032 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5033 offset, NULL, 0))
5034 return FALSE;
5035 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5036 }
5037 }
5038 else
5039 {
5040 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5041
5042 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5043 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5044 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5045 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5046 {
5047 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5048 offset, sec,
5049 sym->st_value))
5050 return FALSE;
5051 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5052 }
5053 }
5054
5055 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5056 }
5057
5058 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5059 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5060 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5061 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5062 #endif
5063
5064 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5065 {
5066 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5067 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5068 rel->r_offset);
5069 break;
5070 }
5071 else
5072 goto final_link_relocate;
5073
5074 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5075 {
5076 static bfd_vma start, end;
5077
5078 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5079 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5080 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5081 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5082 break;
5083
5084 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5085 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5086 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5087 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5088 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5089 break;
5090 }
5091
5092 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5093 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5094 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5095 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5096 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5097 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5098 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5099 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5100 else if (h != NULL)
5101 {
5102 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5103 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5104 && (h->dynindx == -1
5105 || h->def_regular))
5106 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5107 }
5108
5109 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5110 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5111
5112 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5113 {
5114 bfd_vma offset;
5115 unsigned short insn;
5116
5117 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5118 {
5119 /* GD->LE transition:
5120 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5121 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5122 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5123 We change it into:
5124 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5125 nop; nop; ...
5126 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5127
5128 offset = rel->r_offset;
5129 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5130 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5131 offset -= 16;
5132 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5133 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5134 {
5135 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5136 offset -= 2;
5137 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5138 }
5139
5140 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5141 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5142 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5143 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5144 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5145 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5146 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5147 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5148 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5149 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5150 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5151
5152 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5153 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5154 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5155 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5156 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5157 }
5158 else
5159 {
5160 int target;
5161
5162 /* IE->LE transition:
5163 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5164 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5165 We change it into:
5166 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5167 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5168
5169 offset = rel->r_offset;
5170 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5171 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5172 offset -= 10;
5173 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5174 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5175 {
5176 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5177 offset -= 2;
5178 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5179 }
5180
5181 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5182 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5183 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5184 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5185 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5186 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5187 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5188 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5189 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5190 }
5191
5192 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5193 contents + rel->r_offset);
5194 continue;
5195 }
5196
5197 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5198 abort ();
5199
5200 if (h != NULL)
5201 off = h->got.offset;
5202 else
5203 {
5204 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5205 abort ();
5206
5207 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5208 }
5209
5210 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5211 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5212 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5213 {
5214 off &= ~1;
5215 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5216 sgot->contents + off);
5217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5218 contents + rel->r_offset);
5219 continue;
5220 }
5221
5222 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5223 off &= ~1;
5224 else
5225 {
5226 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5227 bfd_byte *loc;
5228 int dr_type, indx;
5229
5230 if (srelgot == NULL)
5231 {
5232 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5233 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5234 }
5235
5236 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5237 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5238
5239 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5240 indx = 0;
5241 else
5242 indx = h->dynindx;
5243
5244 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5245 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5246 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5247 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5248 else
5249 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5250 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5251 loc = srelgot->contents;
5252 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5253 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5254
5255 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5256 {
5257 if (indx == 0)
5258 {
5259 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5260 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5261 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5262 }
5263 else
5264 {
5265 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5266 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5267 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5268 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5269 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5270 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5271 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5272 }
5273 }
5274
5275 if (h != NULL)
5276 h->got.offset |= 1;
5277 else
5278 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5279 }
5280
5281 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5282 abort ();
5283
5284 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5285 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5286 else
5287 {
5288 bfd_vma offset;
5289 unsigned short insn;
5290
5291 /* GD->IE transition:
5292 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5293 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5294 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5295 We change it into:
5296 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5297 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5298 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5299
5300 offset = rel->r_offset;
5301 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5302 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5303 offset -= 16;
5304 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5305 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5306 {
5307 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5308 offset -= 2;
5309 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5310 }
5311
5312 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5313
5314 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5315 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5316
5317 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5318 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5319 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5320 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5321 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5322 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5323 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5324 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5325 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5326 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5327
5328 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5329 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5330 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5331 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5332 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5333
5334 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5335 contents + rel->r_offset);
5336
5337 continue;
5338 }
5339
5340 addend = rel->r_addend;
5341
5342 goto final_link_relocate;
5343
5344 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5345 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5346 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5347 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5348 {
5349 bfd_vma offset;
5350 unsigned short insn;
5351
5352 /* LD->LE transition:
5353 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5354 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5355 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5356 We change it into:
5357 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5358 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5359
5360 offset = rel->r_offset;
5361 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5362 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5363 offset -= 16;
5364 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5365 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5366 {
5367 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5368 offset -= 2;
5369 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5370 }
5371
5372 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5373 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5374 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5375 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5376 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5377 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5378 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5379 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5380 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5381 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5382 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5383
5384 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5385 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5386 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5387 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5388 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5389 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5390
5391 continue;
5392 }
5393
5394 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5395 abort ();
5396
5397 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5398 if (off & 1)
5399 off &= ~1;
5400 else
5401 {
5402 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5403 bfd_byte *loc;
5404
5405 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5406 if (srelgot == NULL)
5407 abort ();
5408
5409 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5410 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5411 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5412 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5413 loc = srelgot->contents;
5414 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5415 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5416 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5417 }
5418
5419 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5420 addend = rel->r_addend;
5421
5422 goto final_link_relocate;
5423
5424 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5425 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5426 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
5427 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5428 else
5429 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5430
5431 addend = rel->r_addend;
5432 goto final_link_relocate;
5433
5434 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5435 {
5436 int indx;
5437 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5438 bfd_byte *loc;
5439
5440 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5441
5442 if (!bfd_link_dll (info))
5443 {
5444 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5445 addend = rel->r_addend;
5446 goto final_link_relocate;
5447 }
5448
5449 if (sreloc == NULL)
5450 {
5451 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5452 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5453 if (sreloc == NULL)
5454 return FALSE;
5455 }
5456
5457 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5458 indx = 0;
5459 else
5460 indx = h->dynindx;
5461
5462 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5463 + input_section->output_offset
5464 + rel->r_offset);
5465 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5466 if (indx == 0)
5467 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5468 else
5469 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5470
5471 loc = sreloc->contents;
5472 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5473 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5474 continue;
5475 }
5476 }
5477
5478 relocation_done:
5479 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5480 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5481 {
5482 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5483 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5484 {
5485 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5486 {
5487 info->callbacks->einfo
5488 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5489 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5490 return FALSE;
5491 }
5492 else
5493 info->callbacks->einfo
5494 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5495 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5496 }
5497
5498 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
5499 }
5500
5501 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5502 {
5503 switch (r)
5504 {
5505 default:
5506 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5507 abort ();
5508 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5509 {
5510 const char *name;
5511
5512 if (h != NULL)
5513 name = NULL;
5514 else
5515 {
5516 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5517 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5518 if (name == NULL)
5519 return FALSE;
5520 if (*name == '\0')
5521 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5522 }
5523 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5524 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5525 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5526 rel->r_offset)))
5527 return FALSE;
5528 }
5529 break;
5530 }
5531 }
5532 }
5533
5534 return TRUE;
5535 }
5536
5537 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5538 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5539
5540 static bfd_byte *
5541 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5542 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5543 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5544 bfd_byte *data,
5545 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5546 asymbol **symbols)
5547 {
5548 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5549 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5550 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5551 asection **sections = NULL;
5552 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5553 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5554
5555 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5556 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5557 if (relocatable
5558 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5559 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5560 link_order, data,
5561 relocatable,
5562 symbols);
5563
5564 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5565
5566 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5567 (size_t) input_section->size);
5568
5569 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5570 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5571 {
5572 asection **secpp;
5573 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5574 bfd_size_type amt;
5575
5576 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5577 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5578 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5579 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5580 goto error_return;
5581
5582 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5583 {
5584 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5585 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5586 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5587 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5588 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5589 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5590 goto error_return;
5591 }
5592
5593 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5594 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5595 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5596 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5597 goto error_return;
5598
5599 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5600 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5601 {
5602 asection *isec;
5603
5604 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5605 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5606 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5607 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5608 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5609 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5610 else
5611 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5612
5613 *secpp = isec;
5614 }
5615
5616 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5617 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5618 isymbuf, sections))
5619 goto error_return;
5620
5621 if (sections != NULL)
5622 free (sections);
5623 if (isymbuf != NULL
5624 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5625 free (isymbuf);
5626 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5627 free (internal_relocs);
5628 }
5629
5630 return data;
5631
5632 error_return:
5633 if (sections != NULL)
5634 free (sections);
5635 if (isymbuf != NULL
5636 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5637 free (isymbuf);
5638 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5639 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5640 free (internal_relocs);
5641 return NULL;
5642 }
5643
5644 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5645 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5646 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5647
5648 static bfd_vma
5649 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5650 {
5651 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5652 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5653 return 0;
5654 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5655 }
5656
5657 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5658
5659 static bfd_vma
5660 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5661 {
5662 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5663 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5664 return 0;
5665 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5666 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5667 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5668 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5669 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5670 }
5671
5672 static asection *
5673 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5674 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5675 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5676 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5677 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5678 {
5679 if (h != NULL)
5680 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5681 {
5682 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5683 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5684 return NULL;
5685 }
5686
5687 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5688 }
5689
5690 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5691
5692 static bfd_boolean
5693 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5694 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5695 {
5696 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5697 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5698 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5699 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5700 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5701
5702 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
5703 return TRUE;
5704
5705 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5706
5707 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5708 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5709 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5710 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5711
5712 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5713 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5714 {
5715 unsigned long r_symndx;
5716 unsigned int r_type;
5717 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5718 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5719 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5720 #endif
5721
5722 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5723 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5724 {
5725 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5726 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5727 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5728
5729 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5730 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5731 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5732 {
5733 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5734 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5735 #endif
5736 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5737 }
5738 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5739 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5740 if (p->sec == sec)
5741 {
5742 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5743 *pp = p->next;
5744 break;
5745 }
5746 }
5747
5748 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5749 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5750 {
5751 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5752 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5753 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5754 break;
5755
5756 case R_SH_GOT32:
5757 case R_SH_GOT20:
5758 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5759 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5760 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5761 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5762 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5763 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5764 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5765 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5766 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5767 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5768 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5769 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5770 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5771 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5772 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5773 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5774 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5775 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5776 #endif
5777 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5778 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5779 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5780 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5781 if (h != NULL)
5782 {
5783 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5784 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5785 {
5786 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5787 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5788 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5789 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5790 }
5791 else
5792 #endif
5793 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5794 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5795 }
5796 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5797 {
5798 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5799 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5800 {
5801 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5802 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5803 }
5804 else
5805 #endif
5806 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5807 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5808 }
5809 break;
5810
5811 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5812 if (h != NULL)
5813 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5814 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
5815 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5816
5817 /* Fall through. */
5818
5819 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5820 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5821 if (h != NULL)
5822 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5823 else
5824 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5825 break;
5826
5827 case R_SH_DIR32:
5828 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5829 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5830 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5831 /* Fall thru */
5832
5833 case R_SH_REL32:
5834 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5835 break;
5836 /* Fall thru */
5837
5838 case R_SH_PLT32:
5839 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5840 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5841 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5842 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5843 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5844 #endif
5845 if (h != NULL)
5846 {
5847 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5848 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5849 }
5850 break;
5851
5852 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5853 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5854 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5855 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5856 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5857 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5858 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5859 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5860 #endif
5861 if (h != NULL)
5862 {
5863 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5864 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5865 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5866 {
5867 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5868 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5869 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5870 }
5871 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5872 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5873 {
5874 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5875 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5876 }
5877 #endif
5878 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5879 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5880 }
5881 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5882 {
5883 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5884 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5885 {
5886 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5887 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5888 }
5889 else
5890 #endif
5891 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5892 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5893 }
5894 break;
5895
5896 default:
5897 break;
5898 }
5899 }
5900
5901 return TRUE;
5902 }
5903
5904 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5905
5906 static void
5907 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5908 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5909 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5910 {
5911 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5912
5913 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5914 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5915
5916 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5917 {
5918 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5919 {
5920 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5921 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5922
5923 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5924 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5925 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5926 {
5927 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5928
5929 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5930 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5931 {
5932 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5933 q->count += p->count;
5934 *pp = p->next;
5935 break;
5936 }
5937 if (q == NULL)
5938 pp = &p->next;
5939 }
5940 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5941 }
5942
5943 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5944 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5945 }
5946 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5947 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5948 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5949 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
5950 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
5951 #endif
5952 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5953 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5954 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5955 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5956
5957 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5958 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5959 {
5960 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5961 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5962 }
5963
5964 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5965 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5966 {
5967 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5968 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5969 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5970 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5971 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5972 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5973 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5974 }
5975 else
5976 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5977 }
5978
5979 static int
5980 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5981 int is_local)
5982 {
5983 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5984 return r_type;
5985
5986 switch (r_type)
5987 {
5988 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5989 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5990 if (is_local)
5991 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5992 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5993 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5994 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5995 }
5996
5997 return r_type;
5998 }
5999
6000 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6001 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6002 virtual table relocs for gc. */
6003
6004 static bfd_boolean
6005 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6006 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6007 {
6008 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6009 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6010 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6011 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6012 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6013 asection *sreloc;
6014 unsigned int r_type;
6015 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
6016
6017 sreloc = NULL;
6018
6019 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
6020 return TRUE;
6021
6022 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6023
6024 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6025 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6026
6027 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6028 if (htab == NULL)
6029 return FALSE;
6030
6031 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6032 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6033 {
6034 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6035 unsigned long r_symndx;
6036 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6037 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6038 #endif
6039
6040 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6041 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6042
6043 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6044 h = NULL;
6045 else
6046 {
6047 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6048 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6049 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6050 {
6051 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6052 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6053 #endif
6054 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6055 }
6056
6057 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
6058 object. */
6059 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
6060 }
6061
6062 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6063 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
6064 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6065 && h != NULL
6066 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6067 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6068 && (h->dynindx == -1
6069 || h->def_regular))
6070 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6071
6072 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6073 switch (r_type)
6074 {
6075 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6076 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6077 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6078 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6079 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6080 if (h != NULL)
6081 {
6082 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6083 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6084 {
6085 case STV_INTERNAL:
6086 case STV_HIDDEN:
6087 break;
6088 default:
6089 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6090 break;
6091 }
6092 }
6093 break;
6094 }
6095
6096 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6097 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6098 {
6099 switch (r_type)
6100 {
6101 case R_SH_DIR32:
6102 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6103 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6104 break;
6105 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6106 case R_SH_GOT32:
6107 case R_SH_GOT20:
6108 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6109 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6110 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6111 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6112 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6113 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6114 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6115 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6116 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6117 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6118 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6119 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6120 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6121 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6122 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6123 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6124 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6125 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6126 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6127 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6128 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6129 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6130 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6131 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6132 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6133 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6134 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6135 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6136 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6137 #endif
6138 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6139 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6140 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6141 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6142 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6143 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6144 return FALSE;
6145 break;
6146
6147 default:
6148 break;
6149 }
6150 }
6151
6152 switch (r_type)
6153 {
6154 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6155 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6156 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6157 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6158 return FALSE;
6159 break;
6160
6161 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6162 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6163 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6164 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6165 if (h != NULL
6166 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6167 return FALSE;
6168 break;
6169
6170 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6171 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6172 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6173
6174 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6175 force_got:
6176 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6177 case R_SH_GOT32:
6178 case R_SH_GOT20:
6179 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6180 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6181 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6182 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6183 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6184 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6185 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6186 #endif
6187 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6188 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6189 switch (r_type)
6190 {
6191 default:
6192 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6193 break;
6194 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6195 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6196 break;
6197 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6198 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6199 break;
6200 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6201 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6202 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6203 break;
6204 }
6205
6206 if (h != NULL)
6207 {
6208 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6209 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6210 {
6211 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6212 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6213
6214 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6215 }
6216 else
6217 #endif
6218 h->got.refcount += 1;
6219 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6220 }
6221 else
6222 {
6223 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6224
6225 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6226 symbol. */
6227 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6228 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6229 {
6230 bfd_size_type size;
6231
6232 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6233 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6234 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6235 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6236 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6237 size *= 2;
6238 #endif
6239 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6240 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6241 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6242 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6243 return FALSE;
6244 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6245 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6246 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6247 GOT offsets. */
6248 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6249 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6250 #else
6251 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6252 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6253 #endif
6254 }
6255 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6256 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6257 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6258 else
6259 #endif
6260 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6261 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6262 }
6263
6264 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6265 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6266 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6267 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6268 {
6269 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6270 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6271 else
6272 {
6273 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6274 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6275 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6276 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6277 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6278 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6279 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6280 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6281 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6282 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6283 else
6284 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6285 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6286 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6287 return FALSE;
6288 }
6289 }
6290
6291 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6292 {
6293 if (h != NULL)
6294 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6295 else
6296 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6297 }
6298
6299 break;
6300
6301 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6302 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6303 break;
6304
6305 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6306 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6307 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6308 if (rel->r_addend)
6309 {
6310 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6311 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6312 abfd);
6313 return FALSE;
6314 }
6315
6316 if (h == NULL)
6317 {
6318 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6319
6320 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6321 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6322 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6323 {
6324 bfd_size_type size;
6325
6326 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6327 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6328 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6329 size *= 2;
6330 #endif
6331 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6332 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6333 return FALSE;
6334 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6335 }
6336 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6337
6338 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6339 {
6340 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
6341 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6342 else
6343 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6344 }
6345 }
6346 else
6347 {
6348 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6349 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6350 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6351
6352 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6353 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6354 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6355 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6356 {
6357 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6358 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6359 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6360 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6361 else
6362 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6363 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6364 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6365 }
6366 }
6367 break;
6368
6369 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6370 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6371 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6372 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6373 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6374 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6375 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6376 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6377 #endif
6378 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6379 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6380
6381 if (h == NULL
6382 || h->forced_local
6383 || ! bfd_link_pic (info)
6384 || info->symbolic
6385 || h->dynindx == -1)
6386 goto force_got;
6387
6388 h->needs_plt = 1;
6389 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6390 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6391
6392 break;
6393
6394 case R_SH_PLT32:
6395 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6396 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6397 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6398 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6399 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6400 #endif
6401 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6402 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6403 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6404 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6405 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6406 after all. */
6407
6408 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6409 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6410 if (h == NULL)
6411 continue;
6412
6413 if (h->forced_local)
6414 break;
6415
6416 h->needs_plt = 1;
6417 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6418 break;
6419
6420 case R_SH_DIR32:
6421 case R_SH_REL32:
6422 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6423 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6424 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6425 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6426 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6427 #endif
6428 if (h != NULL && ! bfd_link_pic (info))
6429 {
6430 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6431 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6432 }
6433
6434 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6435 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6436 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6437 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6438 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6439 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6440 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6441 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6442 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6443 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6444 possibility below by storing information in the
6445 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6446 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6447 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6448
6449 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6450 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6451 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6452 symbol. */
6453 if ((bfd_link_pic (info)
6454 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6455 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6456 || (h != NULL
6457 && (! info->symbolic
6458 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6459 || !h->def_regular))))
6460 || (! bfd_link_pic (info)
6461 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6462 && h != NULL
6463 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6464 || !h->def_regular)))
6465 {
6466 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6467 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6468
6469 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6470 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6471
6472 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6473 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6474 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6475 if (sreloc == NULL)
6476 {
6477 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6478 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6479
6480 if (sreloc == NULL)
6481 return FALSE;
6482 }
6483
6484 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6485 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6486 if (h != NULL)
6487 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6488 else
6489 {
6490 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6491 asection *s;
6492 void *vpp;
6493 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6494
6495 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6496 abfd, r_symndx);
6497 if (isym == NULL)
6498 return FALSE;
6499
6500 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6501 if (s == NULL)
6502 s = sec;
6503
6504 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6505 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6506 }
6507
6508 p = *head;
6509 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6510 {
6511 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6512 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6513 if (p == NULL)
6514 return FALSE;
6515 p->next = *head;
6516 *head = p;
6517 p->sec = sec;
6518 p->count = 0;
6519 p->pc_count = 0;
6520 }
6521
6522 p->count += 1;
6523 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6524 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6525 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6526 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6527 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6528 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6529 #endif
6530 )
6531 p->pc_count += 1;
6532 }
6533
6534 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6535 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6536 fixup. */
6537 if (htab->fdpic_p && !bfd_link_pic (info)
6538 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6539 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6540 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6541 break;
6542
6543 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6544 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
6545 {
6546 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6547 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6548 abfd);
6549 return FALSE;
6550 }
6551
6552 break;
6553
6554 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6555 /* Nothing to do. */
6556 break;
6557
6558 default:
6559 break;
6560 }
6561 }
6562
6563 return TRUE;
6564 }
6565
6566 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6567 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6568
6569 static bfd_boolean
6570 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6571 {
6572 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6573
6574 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6575 return FALSE;
6576
6577 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6578 return FALSE;
6579
6580 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6581
6582 return TRUE;
6583 }
6584
6585
6586 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6587 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6588 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6589 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6590
6591 int
6592 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6593 {
6594 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6595
6596 for (; i>0; i--)
6597 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6598 return i;
6599
6600 /* shouldn't get here */
6601 BFD_FAIL();
6602
6603 return -1;
6604 }
6605 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6606
6607 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6608 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6609
6610 static bfd_boolean
6611 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6612 {
6613 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6614 return TRUE;
6615
6616 if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6617 return FALSE;
6618
6619 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6620 }
6621 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6622
6623 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6624
6625 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6626 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6627
6628 int
6629 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6630 {
6631 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6632 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6633
6634 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6635 }
6636
6637 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6638 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6639
6640 static bfd_boolean
6641 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6642 {
6643 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6644
6645 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6646 return TRUE;
6647
6648 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6649 {
6650 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6651 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6652 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6653 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6654 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6655 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
6656 }
6657
6658 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6659 {
6660 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6661 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6662 ibfd);
6663 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6664 return FALSE;
6665 }
6666
6667 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6668 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6669 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6670
6671 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6672 {
6673 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6674 ibfd);
6675 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6676 return FALSE;
6677 }
6678
6679 return TRUE;
6680 }
6681 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6682
6683 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6684 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6685 here. */
6686
6687 static bfd_boolean
6688 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6689 {
6690 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6691 return FALSE;
6692
6693 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6694 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6695 }
6696
6697 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6698 dynamic sections here. */
6699
6700 static bfd_boolean
6701 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6702 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6703 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6704 {
6705 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6706
6707 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6708 if (htab == NULL)
6709 return FALSE;
6710
6711 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6712 {
6713 asection *splt;
6714 asection *sgotplt;
6715 asection *srelplt;
6716
6717 bfd_vma plt_index;
6718 bfd_vma got_offset;
6719 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6720 bfd_byte *loc;
6721 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6722
6723 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6724 it up. */
6725
6726 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6727
6728 splt = htab->splt;
6729 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6730 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6731 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6732
6733 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6734 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6735 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6736 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6737 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6738
6739 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6740 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6741 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6742
6743 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6744 corresponds to this function. */
6745 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6746 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6747 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6748 bytes. */
6749 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6750 else
6751 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6752 reserved. */
6753 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6754
6755 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6756 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6757 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6758 #endif
6759
6760 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6761 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6762 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6763 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6764
6765 if (bfd_link_pic (info) || htab->fdpic_p)
6766 {
6767 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6768 {
6769 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6770 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6771 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6772 h->plt.offset
6773 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6774 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6775 }
6776 else
6777 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6778 (splt->contents
6779 + h->plt.offset
6780 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6781 }
6782 else
6783 {
6784 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6785
6786 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6787 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6788 + sgotplt->output_offset
6789 + got_offset),
6790 (splt->contents
6791 + h->plt.offset
6792 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6793 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6794 {
6795 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6796 int distance;
6797
6798 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6799 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6800 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6801 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6802 to the last element of the previous group. */
6803 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6804 the common resolver stub. */
6805 reachable_plts = ((4096
6806 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6807 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6808 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6809 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6810 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6811 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6812 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6813 else
6814 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6815 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6816
6817 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6818 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6819 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6820 (splt->contents
6821 + h->plt.offset
6822 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6823 }
6824 else
6825 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6826 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6827 (splt->contents
6828 + h->plt.offset
6829 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6830 }
6831
6832 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6833 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6834 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6835 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6836 #endif
6837 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6838 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6839
6840 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6841 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6842 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6843 (splt->contents
6844 + h->plt.offset
6845 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6846
6847 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6848 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6849 (splt->output_section->vma
6850 + splt->output_offset
6851 + h->plt.offset
6852 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6853 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6854 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6855 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6856 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6857 htab->splt->output_section),
6858 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6859
6860 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6861 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6862 + sgotplt->output_offset
6863 + got_offset);
6864 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6865 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6866 else
6867 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6868 rel.r_addend = 0;
6869 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6870 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6871 #endif
6872 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6873 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6874
6875 if (htab->vxworks_p && !bfd_link_pic (info))
6876 {
6877 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6878 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6879 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6880 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6881
6882 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6883 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6884 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
6885 + htab->splt->output_offset
6886 + h->plt.offset
6887 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6888 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6889 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6890 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6891 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6892
6893 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6894 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6895 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6896 + sgotplt->output_offset
6897 + got_offset);
6898 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6899 rel.r_addend = 0;
6900 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6901 }
6902
6903 if (!h->def_regular)
6904 {
6905 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6906 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6907 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6908 }
6909 }
6910
6911 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6912 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6913 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6914 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6915 {
6916 asection *sgot;
6917 asection *srelgot;
6918 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6919 bfd_byte *loc;
6920
6921 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6922 up. */
6923
6924 sgot = htab->sgot;
6925 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6926 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6927
6928 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6929 + sgot->output_offset
6930 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6931
6932 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6933 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6934 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6935 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6936 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6937 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6938 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6939 {
6940 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6941 {
6942 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6943 int dynindx
6944 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6945
6946 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6947 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6948 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6949 }
6950 else
6951 {
6952 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6953 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6954 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6955 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6956 }
6957 }
6958 else
6959 {
6960 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6961 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6962 rel.r_addend = 0;
6963 }
6964
6965 loc = srelgot->contents;
6966 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6967 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6968 }
6969
6970 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6971 {
6972 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
6973
6974 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6975 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6976 {
6977 asection *sgot;
6978 asection *srelgot;
6979 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6980 bfd_byte *loc;
6981
6982 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
6983 Set it up. */
6984
6985 sgot = htab->sgot;
6986 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6987 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6988
6989 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6990 + sgot->output_offset
6991 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6992
6993 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6994 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6995 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6996 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6997 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6998 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
6999 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7000 {
7001 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7002 {
7003 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7004 int dynindx
7005 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7006
7007 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7008 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7009 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7010 }
7011 else
7012 {
7013 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7014 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7015 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7016 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7017 }
7018 }
7019 else
7020 {
7021 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7022 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7023 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7024 rel.r_addend = 0;
7025 }
7026
7027 loc = srelgot->contents;
7028 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7029 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7030 }
7031 }
7032 #endif
7033
7034 if (h->needs_copy)
7035 {
7036 asection *s;
7037 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7038 bfd_byte *loc;
7039
7040 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7041
7042 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7043 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7044 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7045
7046 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
7047 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7048
7049 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7050 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7051 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7052 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7053 rel.r_addend = 0;
7054 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7055 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7056 }
7057
7058 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7059 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7060 ".got" section. */
7061 if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
7062 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7063 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7064
7065 return TRUE;
7066 }
7067
7068 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7069
7070 static bfd_boolean
7071 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7072 {
7073 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7074 asection *sgotplt;
7075 asection *sdyn;
7076
7077 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7078 if (htab == NULL)
7079 return FALSE;
7080
7081 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7082 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7083
7084 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7085 {
7086 asection *splt;
7087 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7088
7089 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7090
7091 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7092 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7093 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7094 {
7095 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7096 asection *s;
7097 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7098 const char *name;
7099 #endif
7100
7101 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7102
7103 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7104 {
7105 default:
7106 if (htab->vxworks_p
7107 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7108 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7109 break;
7110
7111 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7112 case DT_INIT:
7113 name = info->init_function;
7114 goto get_sym;
7115
7116 case DT_FINI:
7117 name = info->fini_function;
7118 get_sym:
7119 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7120 {
7121 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7122
7123 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7124 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7125 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7126 {
7127 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7128 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7129 }
7130 }
7131 break;
7132 #endif
7133
7134 case DT_PLTGOT:
7135 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7136 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7137 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7138 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7139 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7140 break;
7141
7142 case DT_JMPREL:
7143 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7144 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7145 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7146 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7147 break;
7148
7149 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7150 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7151 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7152 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7153 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7154 break;
7155
7156 case DT_RELASZ:
7157 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7158 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7159 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7160 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7161 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7162 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7163 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7164 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7165 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7166 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7167 {
7168 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7169 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7170 }
7171 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7172 break;
7173 }
7174 }
7175
7176 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7177 splt = htab->splt;
7178 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7179 {
7180 unsigned int i;
7181
7182 memcpy (splt->contents,
7183 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7184 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7185 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7186 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7187 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7188 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7189 + sgotplt->output_offset
7190 + (i * 4)),
7191 (splt->contents
7192 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7193
7194 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7195 {
7196 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7197 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7198 bfd_byte *loc;
7199
7200 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7201 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7202 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7203 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7204 + splt->output_offset
7205 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7206 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7207 rel.r_addend = 8;
7208 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7209 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7210
7211 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7212 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7213 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7214 output. */
7215 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7216 {
7217 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7218 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7219 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7220 R_SH_DIR32);
7221 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7222 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7223
7224 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7225 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7226 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7227 R_SH_DIR32);
7228 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7229 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7230 }
7231 }
7232
7233 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7234 really seem like the right value. */
7235 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7236 }
7237 }
7238
7239 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7240 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7241 {
7242 if (sdyn == NULL)
7243 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7244 else
7245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7246 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7247 sgotplt->contents);
7248 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7250 }
7251
7252 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7253 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7254
7255 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7256 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7257 {
7258 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7259 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7260 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7261 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7262
7263 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7264
7265 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7266 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7267 }
7268
7269 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7270 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7271 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7272
7273 if (htab->srelgot)
7274 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7275 == htab->srelgot->size);
7276
7277 return TRUE;
7278 }
7279
7280 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7281 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7282 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7283 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7284 {
7285 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7286 {
7287 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7288 return reloc_class_relative;
7289 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7290 return reloc_class_plt;
7291 case R_SH_COPY:
7292 return reloc_class_copy;
7293 default:
7294 return reloc_class_normal;
7295 }
7296 }
7297
7298 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7299 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7300
7301 static bfd_boolean
7302 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7303 {
7304 int offset;
7305 unsigned int size;
7306
7307 switch (note->descsz)
7308 {
7309 default:
7310 return FALSE;
7311
7312 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7313 /* pr_cursig */
7314 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7315
7316 /* pr_pid */
7317 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7318
7319 /* pr_reg */
7320 offset = 72;
7321 size = 92;
7322
7323 break;
7324 }
7325
7326 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7327 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7328 size, note->descpos + offset);
7329 }
7330
7331 static bfd_boolean
7332 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7333 {
7334 switch (note->descsz)
7335 {
7336 default:
7337 return FALSE;
7338
7339 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7340 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
7341 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7342 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
7343 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7344 }
7345
7346 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7347 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7348 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7349
7350 {
7351 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
7352 int n = strlen (command);
7353
7354 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7355 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7356 }
7357
7358 return TRUE;
7359 }
7360 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7361
7362
7363 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7364 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7365
7366 static bfd_vma
7367 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7368 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7369 {
7370 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7371
7372 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7373 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7374 }
7375
7376 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7377 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7378
7379 static bfd_boolean
7380 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7381 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7382 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7383 {
7384 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7385
7386 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7387 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7388 return FALSE;
7389
7390 return TRUE;
7391 }
7392
7393 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7394
7395 static bfd_byte
7396 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7397 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7398 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7399 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7400 bfd_vma *encoded)
7401 {
7402 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7403 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7404
7405 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7406 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7407 loc_offset, encoded);
7408
7409 h = htab->root.hgot;
7410 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7411
7412 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7413 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7414 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7415 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7416
7417 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7418 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7419 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7420
7421 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7422 - (h->root.u.def.value
7423 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7424 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7425
7426 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7427 }
7428
7429 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7430 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
7431 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7432 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
7433 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7434 #endif
7435
7436 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7437 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7438 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7439 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7440 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7441 #else
7442 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7443 #endif
7444
7445 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7446
7447 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7448 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7449 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7450 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7451 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7452 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7453 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7454 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7455 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7456 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7457 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7458 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7459 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7460 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7461
7462 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7463 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7464 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7465 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7466 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7467 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7468 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7469 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7470 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7471 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7472 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7473 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7474 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7475 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7476 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7477 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7478 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7479 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7480 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7481 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7482 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7483 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7484 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7485 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7486 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7487 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7488 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7489 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7490
7491 #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
7492 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7493 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7494 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7495 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7496 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7497 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7498
7499 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7500
7501 #include "elf32-target.h"
7502
7503 /* NetBSD support. */
7504 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7505 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
7506 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7507 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7508 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7509 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
7510 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7511 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7512 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7513 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7514 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7515 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7516 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7517 #undef elf32_bed
7518 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7519
7520 #include "elf32-target.h"
7521
7522
7523 /* Linux support. */
7524 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7525 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
7526 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7527 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7528 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7529 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
7530 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7531 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7532 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7533 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7534
7535 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7536 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7537 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7538 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7539 #undef elf32_bed
7540 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7541
7542 #include "elf32-target.h"
7543
7544
7545 /* FDPIC support. */
7546 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7547 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
7548 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7549 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7550 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7551 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
7552 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7553 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7554
7555 #undef elf32_bed
7556 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7557
7558 #include "elf32-target.h"
7559
7560 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7561
7562 /* VxWorks support. */
7563 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7564 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
7565 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7566 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7567 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7568 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
7569 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7570 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7571 #undef elf32_bed
7572 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7573
7574 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7575 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7576 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7577 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7578 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7579 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7580 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7581 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7582 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7583 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7584 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7585 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7586 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7587 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7588 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7589 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7590 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7591 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7592 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7593 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7594
7595 #include "elf32-target.h"
7596
7597 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.338928 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.